1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return ParsedType(); 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return ParsedType(); 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return ParsedType(); 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return ParsedType(); 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return ParsedType(); 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 512 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 513 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 514 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 515 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 516 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 517 bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false; 518 if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(), 519 &HasMultipleGUIDs)) { 520 if (HasMultipleGUIDs) 521 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 522 else 523 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 524 } 525 } 526 527 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 528 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 529 } 530 531 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 532 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 533 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 534 Expr *E, 535 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 536 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 537 bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false; 538 if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) && 539 !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 540 if (HasMultipleGUIDs) 541 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 542 else 543 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 544 } 545 } 546 547 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 548 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 549 } 550 551 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 552 ExprResult 553 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 554 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 555 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 556 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 557 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 558 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 559 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 560 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 561 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 562 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 563 } 564 565 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 566 567 if (isType) { 568 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 569 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 570 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 571 &TInfo); 572 if (T.isNull()) 573 return ExprError(); 574 575 if (!TInfo) 576 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 577 578 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 579 } 580 581 // The operand is an expression. 582 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 583 } 584 585 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 586 ExprResult 587 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 588 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 589 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 590 return new (Context) 591 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 592 } 593 594 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 595 ExprResult 596 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 597 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 598 } 599 600 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 601 ExprResult 602 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 603 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 604 if (Ex) { 605 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 606 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 607 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 608 // 609 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 610 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 611 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 612 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 613 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 614 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 615 // exception object 616 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 617 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 618 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 619 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 620 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 621 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 622 break; 623 } 624 625 if (S->getFlags() & 626 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 627 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 628 Scope::TryScope)) 629 break; 630 } 631 } 632 } 633 } 634 635 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 636 } 637 638 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 639 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 640 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 641 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 642 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 644 645 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 646 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 647 648 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 649 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 650 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 651 return ExprError(); 652 653 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 654 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 655 656 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 657 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 658 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 659 // 660 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 661 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 662 // catch-clause 663 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 664 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 665 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 666 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 667 // exception object 668 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 669 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 670 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 671 672 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 673 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 674 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 675 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 676 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 if (Res.isInvalid()) 678 return ExprError(); 679 Ex = Res.get(); 680 } 681 682 return new (Context) 683 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 684 } 685 686 static void 687 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 688 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 689 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 690 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 691 bool ParentIsPublic) { 692 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 693 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 694 bool NewSubobject; 695 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 696 // always distinct subobjects. 697 if (BS.isVirtual()) 698 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 699 else 700 NewSubobject = true; 701 702 if (NewSubobject) 703 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 704 705 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 706 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 707 if (PublicPath) 708 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 709 710 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 711 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 712 PublicPath); 713 } 714 } 715 716 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 717 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 718 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 719 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 720 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 721 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 722 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 723 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 724 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 725 726 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 727 // Skip ambiguous objects. 728 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 729 continue; 730 731 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 732 } 733 } 734 735 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 736 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 737 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 738 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 739 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 740 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 741 bool isPointer = false; 742 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 743 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 744 isPointer = true; 745 } 746 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 747 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 748 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 749 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 750 E->getSourceRange())) 751 return true; 752 753 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 754 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 755 return true; 756 } 757 758 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 759 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 760 if (!RD) 761 return false; 762 763 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 764 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 765 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 766 767 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 768 if (isPointer) 769 return false; 770 771 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 772 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 773 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 774 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 775 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 776 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 777 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 778 return true; 779 } 780 } 781 782 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 783 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 784 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 785 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 786 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 787 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 788 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 789 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 790 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 791 792 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 793 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 794 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 795 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 796 // lookup and overload resolution. 797 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 798 if (!CD) 799 continue; 800 801 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 802 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 803 804 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 805 // in the catchable type data. 806 if (CD->isTrivial()) 807 continue; 808 809 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 810 // type to this constructor. 811 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 812 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 813 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 814 // friendship or any other means). 815 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 816 817 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 818 // we must rebuild them here. 819 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 820 // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated. 821 if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I)) 822 continue; 823 824 Expr *DefaultArg = 825 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get(); 826 Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg); 827 } 828 } 829 } 830 831 return false; 832 } 833 834 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 835 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 836 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 837 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 838 if (method && method->isInstance()) 839 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 840 } 841 if (ThisTy.isNull()) { 842 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) && 843 CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) { 844 // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated 845 // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'. 846 // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer 847 // from. 848 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType( 849 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent())); 850 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 851 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 852 return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 853 } 854 } 855 return ThisTy; 856 } 857 858 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 859 Decl *ContextDecl, 860 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 861 bool Enabled) 862 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 863 { 864 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 865 return; 866 867 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 868 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 869 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 870 else 871 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 872 873 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 874 = S.Context.getPointerType( 875 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 876 877 this->Enabled = true; 878 } 879 880 881 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 882 if (Enabled) { 883 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 884 } 885 } 886 887 static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 888 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) { 889 FieldDecl *Field 890 = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy, 891 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc), 892 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit); 893 Field->setImplicit(true); 894 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 895 RD->addDecl(Field); 896 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true); 897 } 898 899 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit, 900 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { 901 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 902 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 903 return true; 904 905 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 906 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 907 // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'. 908 unsigned NumClosures = 0; 909 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 910 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 911 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 912 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 913 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 914 break; 915 } 916 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 917 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 918 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 919 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 920 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit; 921 return true; 922 } 923 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 924 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 925 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 926 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 927 Explicit) { 928 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 929 NumClosures++; 930 Explicit = false; 931 continue; 932 } 933 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 934 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 935 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit; 936 return true; 937 } 938 break; 939 } 940 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 941 // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped. 942 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 943 // contexts. 944 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures; 945 --idx, --NumClosures) { 946 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 947 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 948 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 949 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) 950 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression. 951 ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc); 952 else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 953 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 954 ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc); 955 956 bool isNested = NumClosures > 1; 957 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr); 958 } 959 return false; 960 } 961 962 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 963 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 964 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 965 /// which the function is called. 966 967 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 968 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 969 970 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 971 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 972 } 973 974 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 975 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 976 // type for 'this'. 977 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 978 return false; 979 980 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 981 // defined. 982 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 983 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 984 } 985 986 ExprResult 987 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 988 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 989 MultiExprArg exprs, 990 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 991 if (!TypeRep) 992 return ExprError(); 993 994 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 995 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 996 if (!TInfo) 997 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 998 999 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1000 } 1001 1002 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1003 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1004 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1005 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1006 ExprResult 1007 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1008 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1009 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1010 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1011 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1012 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1013 1014 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1015 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1016 RParenLoc); 1017 } 1018 1019 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1020 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1021 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1022 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1023 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1024 1025 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1026 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1027 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1028 // corresponding cast expression. 1029 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1030 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1031 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1032 } 1033 1034 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1035 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1036 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1037 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1038 // an object of type T. 1039 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1040 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1041 if (!ListInitialization) 1042 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1043 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1044 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1045 } 1046 1047 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1048 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1049 << FullRange); 1050 1051 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1052 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1053 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1054 return ExprError(); 1055 1056 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty, 1057 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1058 return ExprError(); 1059 1060 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1061 InitializationKind Kind = 1062 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1063 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1064 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1065 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1066 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1067 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1068 1069 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1070 return Result; 1071 1072 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1073 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1074 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1075 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1076 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1077 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1078 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1079 // 1080 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1081 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1082 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1083 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1084 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1085 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1086 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1087 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1088 } 1089 1090 return Result; 1091 } 1092 1093 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual 1094 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter. 1095 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1096 QualType allocType) { 1097 const RecordType *record = 1098 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1099 if (!record) return false; 1100 1101 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1102 1103 DeclarationName deleteName = 1104 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1105 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1106 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1107 1108 // We're just doing this for information. 1109 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1110 1111 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1112 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1113 1114 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1115 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1116 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1117 1118 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter(); 1119 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1120 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1121 1122 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1123 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function, 1124 // regardless of its signature. 1125 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) { 1126 filter.erase(); 1127 continue; 1128 } 1129 1130 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1131 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one 1132 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function 1133 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the 1134 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function 1135 // is a usual deallocation function. 1136 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) { 1137 filter.erase(); 1138 continue; 1139 } 1140 } 1141 filter.done(); 1142 1143 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false; 1144 1145 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl()); 1146 return (del->getNumParams() == 2); 1147 } 1148 1149 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1150 /// 1151 /// E.g.: 1152 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1153 /// or 1154 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1155 /// 1156 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1157 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1158 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1159 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1160 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1161 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1162 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1163 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1164 /// if there is none. 1165 ExprResult 1166 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1167 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1168 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1169 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1170 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1171 1172 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1173 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1174 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1175 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1176 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1177 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1178 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1179 << D.getSourceRange()); 1180 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1181 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1182 << D.getSourceRange()); 1183 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1184 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1185 << D.getSourceRange()); 1186 1187 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1188 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1189 } 1190 1191 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1192 if (ArraySize) { 1193 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1194 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1195 break; 1196 1197 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1198 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1199 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1200 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1201 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1202 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1203 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1204 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1205 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1206 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1207 Array.NumElts 1208 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1209 CCEK_NewExpr) 1210 .get(); 1211 } else { 1212 Array.NumElts 1213 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1214 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1215 .get(); 1216 } 1217 if (!Array.NumElts) 1218 return ExprError(); 1219 } 1220 } 1221 } 1222 } 1223 1224 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1225 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1226 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1227 return ExprError(); 1228 1229 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1230 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1231 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1232 1233 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1234 PlacementLParen, 1235 PlacementArgs, 1236 PlacementRParen, 1237 TypeIdParens, 1238 AllocType, 1239 TInfo, 1240 ArraySize, 1241 DirectInitRange, 1242 Initializer, 1243 TypeContainsAuto); 1244 } 1245 1246 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1247 Expr *Init) { 1248 if (!Init) 1249 return true; 1250 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1251 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1252 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1253 return true; 1254 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1255 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1256 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1257 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1258 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1259 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1260 return true; 1261 } 1262 return false; 1263 } 1264 1265 ExprResult 1266 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1267 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1268 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1269 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1270 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1271 QualType AllocType, 1272 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1273 Expr *ArraySize, 1274 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1275 Expr *Initializer, 1276 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1277 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1278 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1279 1280 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1281 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1282 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1283 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1284 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1285 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1286 else { 1287 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1288 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1289 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1290 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1291 } 1292 1293 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1294 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1295 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1296 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1297 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1298 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1299 } 1300 1301 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1302 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1303 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1304 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1305 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1306 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1307 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1308 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1309 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1310 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1311 if (NumInits > 1) { 1312 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1313 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1314 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1315 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1316 } 1317 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1318 QualType DeducedType; 1319 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1320 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1321 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1322 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1323 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1324 return ExprError(); 1325 AllocType = DeducedType; 1326 } 1327 1328 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1329 // typedef of an array type. 1330 if (!ArraySize) { 1331 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1332 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1333 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1334 Context.getSizeType(), 1335 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1336 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1337 } 1338 } 1339 1340 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1341 return ExprError(); 1342 1343 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1344 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1345 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1346 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1347 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1348 } 1349 1350 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1351 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1352 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1353 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1354 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1355 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1356 } 1357 1358 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1359 1360 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1361 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1362 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1363 ArraySize = result.get(); 1364 } 1365 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1366 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1367 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1368 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1369 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1370 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1371 // std::size_t. 1372 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1373 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1374 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1375 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1376 1377 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1378 AA_Converting); 1379 1380 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1381 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1382 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1383 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1384 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1385 } else { 1386 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1387 protected: 1388 Expr *ArraySize; 1389 1390 public: 1391 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1392 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1393 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1394 1395 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1396 QualType T) override { 1397 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1398 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1399 } 1400 1401 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1402 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1403 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1404 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1405 } 1406 1407 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1408 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1409 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1410 } 1411 1412 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1413 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1414 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1415 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1416 } 1417 1418 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1419 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1420 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1421 } 1422 1423 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1424 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1425 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1426 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1427 } 1428 1429 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1430 QualType T, 1431 QualType ConvTy) override { 1432 return S.Diag(Loc, 1433 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1434 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1435 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1436 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1437 } 1438 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1439 1440 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1441 SizeDiagnoser); 1442 } 1443 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1444 return ExprError(); 1445 1446 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1447 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1448 1449 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1450 return ExprError(); 1451 1452 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1453 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1454 // with a non-negative value. 1455 // 1456 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of 1457 // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized 1458 // array type. 1459 // 1460 // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws 1461 // std::bad_array_new_length. 1462 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1463 llvm::APSInt Value; 1464 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1465 // unscoped enumeration type. 1466 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1467 if (Value < llvm::APSInt( 1468 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()), 1469 Value.isUnsigned())) { 1470 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1471 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1472 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size) 1473 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1474 else 1475 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1476 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1477 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1478 } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1479 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1480 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1481 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 1482 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1483 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1484 diag::warn_array_new_too_large) 1485 << Value.toString(10) 1486 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1487 else 1488 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1489 diag::err_array_too_large) 1490 << Value.toString(10) 1491 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1492 } 1493 } 1494 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1495 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1496 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1497 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1498 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1499 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1500 1501 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1502 } 1503 } 1504 1505 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1506 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1507 } 1508 1509 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1510 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1511 1512 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1513 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1514 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1515 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1516 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs, 1517 OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1518 return ExprError(); 1519 1520 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1521 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1522 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1523 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1524 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize 1525 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1526 1527 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1528 if (OperatorNew) { 1529 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1530 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1531 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1532 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1533 1534 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1535 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1536 // argument. 1537 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1, 1538 PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1539 return ExprError(); 1540 1541 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1542 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1543 1544 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1545 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1546 1547 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1548 } 1549 1550 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator 1551 // new. 1552 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew && 1553 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1554 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) { 1555 if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){ 1556 unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign(); 1557 if (Align > SuitableAlign) 1558 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1559 << AllocType 1560 << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth()) 1561 << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth()); 1562 } 1563 } 1564 1565 QualType InitType = AllocType; 1566 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1567 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1568 // dialect distinction. 1569 if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) { 1570 if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1571 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1572 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1573 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1574 return ExprError(); 1575 } 1576 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1577 // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type 1578 // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check 1579 // default-initialization). 1580 unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1; 1581 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, 1582 llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements), 1583 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1584 } 1585 } 1586 1587 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1588 // do it now. 1589 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1590 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1591 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1592 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1593 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1594 // object as follows: 1595 InitializationKind Kind 1596 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1597 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1598 // the object has indeterminate value 1599 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1600 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1601 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1602 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1603 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1604 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1605 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1606 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1607 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1608 1609 InitializedEntity Entity 1610 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1611 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1612 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1613 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1614 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1615 return ExprError(); 1616 1617 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1618 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1619 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1620 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1621 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1622 1623 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1624 } 1625 1626 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1627 if (OperatorNew) { 1628 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1629 return ExprError(); 1630 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1631 } 1632 if (OperatorDelete) { 1633 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1634 return ExprError(); 1635 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1636 } 1637 1638 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1639 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1640 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1641 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1642 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1643 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1644 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1645 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1646 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1647 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1648 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1649 << BaseAllocType); 1650 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1651 return ExprError(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 } 1655 1656 return new (Context) 1657 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, 1658 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 1659 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 1660 Range, DirectInitRange); 1661 } 1662 1663 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 1664 /// in a new-expression. 1665 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 1666 SourceRange R) { 1667 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 1668 // abstract class type or array thereof. 1669 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 1670 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1671 << AllocType << 0 << R; 1672 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 1673 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1674 << AllocType << 1 << R; 1675 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1676 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 1677 return true; 1678 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 1679 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1680 return true; 1681 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 1682 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 1683 << AllocType; 1684 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 1685 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 1686 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 1687 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 1688 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 1689 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 1690 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1691 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 1692 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 1693 << BaseAllocType; 1694 } 1695 } 1696 1697 return false; 1698 } 1699 1700 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1701 /// deallocation function. 1702 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1703 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1704 return false; 1705 1706 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1707 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1708 1709 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1710 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1711 return false; 1712 1713 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1) 1714 return true; 1715 1716 return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 && 1717 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(), 1718 S.Context.getSizeType()); 1719 } 1720 1721 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 1722 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 1723 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1724 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 1725 bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 1726 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 1727 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 1728 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 1729 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 1730 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 1731 // in the scope of the allocated class. 1732 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 1733 // operator new. 1734 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 1735 // placement form. 1736 1737 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size()); 1738 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument. 1739 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 1740 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 1741 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 1742 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 1743 Context.getSizeType(), 1744 SourceLocation()); 1745 AllocArgs[0] = &Size; 1746 std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1); 1747 1748 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 1749 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 1750 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 1751 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 1752 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 1753 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 1754 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1755 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 1756 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1757 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 1758 1759 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1760 1761 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1762 CXXRecordDecl *Record 1763 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1764 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record, 1765 /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew)) 1766 return true; 1767 } 1768 1769 if (!OperatorNew) { 1770 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one. 1771 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1772 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1773 bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat; 1774 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1775 /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew, 1776 /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) { 1777 if (!FallbackEnabled) 1778 return true; 1779 1780 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 1781 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 1782 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 1783 // will not replicate that bug. 1784 NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New); 1785 DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 1786 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1787 /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew)) 1788 return true; 1789 } 1790 } 1791 1792 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under 1793 // -fno-exceptions. 1794 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 1795 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1796 return false; 1797 } 1798 1799 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 1800 // 1801 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 1802 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 1803 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 1804 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 1805 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 1806 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 1807 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 1808 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1809 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1810 CXXRecordDecl *RD 1811 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1812 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 1813 } 1814 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 1815 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 1816 1817 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 1818 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1819 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 1820 } 1821 1822 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 1823 1824 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 1825 1826 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 1827 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 1828 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 1829 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 1830 // A *a = new A() 1831 bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1); 1832 1833 if (isPlacementNew) { 1834 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1835 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 1836 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 1837 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 1838 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 1839 // identical. [...] 1840 // 1841 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 1842 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 1843 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 1844 // 1845 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like. 1846 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 1847 { 1848 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 1849 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1850 1851 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 1852 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 1853 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 1854 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 1855 1856 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 1857 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 1858 1859 ExpectedFunctionType 1860 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 1861 } 1862 1863 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1864 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1865 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1866 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 1867 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl 1868 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 1869 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 1870 // expected function type. 1871 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 1872 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 1873 Info)) 1874 continue; 1875 } else 1876 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1877 1878 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType)) 1879 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 1880 } 1881 } else { 1882 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1883 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 1884 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 1885 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1886 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1887 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1888 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) 1889 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 1890 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 1891 } 1892 1893 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 1894 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 1895 // function lookup is used 1896 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 1897 // If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation 1898 // function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation 1899 // function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the 1900 // selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters. 1901 // Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function 1902 // with one parameter. 1903 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 1904 if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1) 1905 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 1906 else 1907 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 1908 assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 && 1909 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 1910 } 1911 } 1912 1913 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1914 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 1915 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 1916 // deallocation function will be called. 1917 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 1918 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 1919 1920 // C++0x [expr.new]p20: 1921 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual 1922 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered 1923 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 1924 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 1925 // is ill-formed. 1926 if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 1927 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 1928 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) 1929 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 1930 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 1931 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 1932 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1933 << DeleteName; 1934 } else { 1935 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 1936 Matches[0].first); 1937 } 1938 } 1939 1940 return false; 1941 } 1942 1943 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function 1944 /// in the specified scope. 1945 /// 1946 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token. 1947 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments. 1948 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]'). 1949 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified. 1950 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the 1951 /// translation unit. 1952 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any 1953 /// allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p 1954 /// Operator. 1955 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if 1956 /// no allocation function was found. 1957 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not 1958 /// usable. 1959 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1960 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 1961 DeclContext *Ctx, 1962 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 1963 bool Diagnose) { 1964 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1965 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx); 1966 if (R.empty()) { 1967 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose) 1968 return false; 1969 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 1970 << Name << Range; 1971 } 1972 1973 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 1974 return true; 1975 1976 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 1977 1978 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 1979 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 1980 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 1981 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 1982 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 1983 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1984 1985 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 1986 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 1987 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, 1988 Args, Candidates, 1989 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 1990 continue; 1991 } 1992 1993 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 1994 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 1995 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 1996 } 1997 1998 // Do the resolution. 1999 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2000 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) { 2001 case OR_Success: { 2002 // Got one! 2003 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2004 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2005 Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2006 return true; 2007 2008 Operator = FnDecl; 2009 return false; 2010 } 2011 2012 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2013 if (Diagnose) { 2014 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2015 << Name << Range; 2016 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2017 } 2018 return true; 2019 2020 case OR_Ambiguous: 2021 if (Diagnose) { 2022 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2023 << Name << Range; 2024 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2025 } 2026 return true; 2027 2028 case OR_Deleted: { 2029 if (Diagnose) { 2030 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2031 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2032 << Name 2033 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2034 << Range; 2035 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2036 } 2037 return true; 2038 } 2039 } 2040 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2041 } 2042 2043 2044 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2045 /// delete. These are: 2046 /// @code 2047 /// // C++03: 2048 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2049 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2050 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2051 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2052 /// // C++11: 2053 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2054 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2055 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2056 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2057 /// // C++1y: 2058 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2059 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2060 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2061 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2062 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2063 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2064 /// @endcode 2065 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2066 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2067 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2068 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2069 return; 2070 2071 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2072 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2073 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2074 // program 2075 // 2076 // C++03: 2077 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2078 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2079 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2080 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2081 // C++11: 2082 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2083 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2084 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2085 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2086 // C++1y: 2087 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2088 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2089 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2090 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2091 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2092 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2093 // 2094 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2095 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2096 // 2097 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2098 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2099 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2100 // lookup. 2101 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2102 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2103 // implicitly. 2104 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2105 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2106 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2107 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2108 nullptr); 2109 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2110 } 2111 2112 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2113 2114 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2115 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2116 bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew; 2117 2118 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2119 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New), 2120 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2121 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2122 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New), 2123 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2124 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2125 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2126 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2127 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2128 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2129 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2130 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) { 2131 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2132 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2133 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2134 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2135 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2136 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2141 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2142 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2143 QualType Return, 2144 QualType Param1, QualType Param2, 2145 bool AddRestrictAttr) { 2146 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2147 unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2; 2148 2149 // Check if this function is already declared. 2150 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2151 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2152 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2153 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2154 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2155 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2156 if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) { 2157 QualType InitialParam1Type = 2158 Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0) 2159 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); 2160 QualType InitialParam2Type = 2161 NumParams == 2 2162 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1) 2163 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) 2164 : QualType(); 2165 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here? 2166 if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 && 2167 (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) { 2168 if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>()) 2169 Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit( 2170 Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2171 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2172 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2173 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2174 Func->setHidden(false); 2175 return; 2176 } 2177 } 2178 } 2179 } 2180 2181 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2182 2183 QualType BadAllocType; 2184 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2185 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2186 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2187 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2188 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2189 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2190 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2191 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2192 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2193 } 2194 } else { 2195 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2196 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2197 } 2198 2199 QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 }; 2200 2201 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType( 2202 Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI); 2203 FunctionDecl *Alloc = 2204 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), 2205 SourceLocation(), Name, 2206 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2207 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2208 2209 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2210 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 2211 VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2212 2213 if (AddRestrictAttr) 2214 Alloc->addAttr( 2215 RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2216 2217 ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2]; 2218 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { 2219 ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), 2220 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2221 Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2222 SC_None, nullptr); 2223 ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit(); 2224 } 2225 Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams)); 2226 2227 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2228 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2229 } 2230 2231 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2232 bool CanProvideSize, 2233 DeclarationName Name) { 2234 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2235 2236 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2237 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2238 2239 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2240 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2241 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2242 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches; 2243 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2244 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2245 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2246 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D)) 2247 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2248 Matches.push_back(Fn); 2249 } 2250 2251 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2252 // If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a 2253 // usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual 2254 // deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size 2255 // parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one 2256 // with two parameters. Otherwise, the selected deallocation function 2257 // shall be the function with one parameter. 2258 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2259 unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1; 2260 if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs) 2261 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2262 else 2263 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2264 assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs && 2265 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2266 } 2267 2268 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads) 2269 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2270 2271 assert(Matches.size() == 1 && 2272 "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions"); 2273 return Matches.front(); 2274 } 2275 2276 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2277 DeclarationName Name, 2278 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2279 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2280 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2281 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2282 2283 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2284 return true; 2285 2286 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2287 2288 SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches; 2289 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2290 F != FEnd; ++F) { 2291 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2292 2293 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual 2294 // deallocation function. 2295 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 2296 continue; 2297 2298 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) 2299 Matches.push_back(F.getPair()); 2300 } 2301 2302 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads) 2303 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2304 2305 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it. 2306 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2307 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2308 2309 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2310 if (Diagnose) { 2311 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2312 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2313 } 2314 return true; 2315 } 2316 2317 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2318 Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2319 return true; 2320 2321 return false; 2322 2323 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2324 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2325 if (Diagnose) { 2326 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2327 << Name << RD; 2328 2329 for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator 2330 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F) 2331 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2332 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2333 } 2334 return true; 2335 } 2336 2337 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2338 // none of them were suitable. 2339 if (!Found.empty()) { 2340 if (Diagnose) { 2341 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2342 << Name << RD; 2343 2344 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2345 F != FEnd; ++F) 2346 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2347 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2348 } 2349 return true; 2350 } 2351 2352 Operator = nullptr; 2353 return false; 2354 } 2355 2356 namespace { 2357 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2358 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2359 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2360 public: 2361 enum MismatchResult { 2362 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2363 NoMismatch, 2364 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2365 VarInitMismatches, 2366 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2367 MemberInitMismatches, 2368 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2369 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2370 AnalyzeLater 2371 }; 2372 2373 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2374 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2375 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2376 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2377 : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2378 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2379 2380 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2381 /// matching form of new-expression. 2382 /// 2383 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2384 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2385 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2386 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2387 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2388 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2389 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2390 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2391 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2392 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2393 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2394 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2395 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2396 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2397 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2398 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2399 bool IsArrayForm; 2400 FieldDecl *Field; 2401 2402 private: 2403 const bool EndOfTU; 2404 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2405 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2406 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2407 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2408 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2409 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2410 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2411 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2412 /// 2413 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2414 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2415 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2416 /// \c NoMismatch. 2417 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2418 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2419 /// \c new. 2420 /// 2421 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2422 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2423 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2424 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2425 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2426 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2427 /// form of \c new. 2428 /// 2429 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2430 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2431 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2432 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2433 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2434 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2435 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2436 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2437 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2438 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2439 /// in-class initializer. 2440 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2441 }; 2442 } 2443 2444 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2445 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2446 NewExprs.clear(); 2447 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2448 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2449 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2450 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2451 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2452 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2453 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2454 return VarInitMismatches; 2455 } 2456 return NoMismatch; 2457 } 2458 2459 const CXXNewExpr * 2460 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2461 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2462 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2463 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2464 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2465 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2466 } 2467 2468 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2469 } 2470 2471 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2472 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2473 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2474 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2475 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2476 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2477 return true; 2478 else 2479 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2480 } 2481 return false; 2482 } 2483 2484 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2485 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2486 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2487 return false; 2488 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2489 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2490 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2491 return EndOfTU; 2492 } 2493 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2494 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2495 return true; 2496 } 2497 return false; 2498 } 2499 2500 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2501 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2502 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2503 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2504 if (!InitExpr) 2505 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2506 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2507 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2508 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2509 return MemberInitMismatches; 2510 } 2511 } 2512 return NoMismatch; 2513 } 2514 2515 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2516 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2517 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2518 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2519 this->Field = Field; 2520 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2521 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2522 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2523 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2524 return NoMismatch; 2525 } 2526 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2527 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2528 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2529 return MemberInitMismatches; 2530 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2531 : NoMismatch; 2532 } 2533 2534 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2535 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2536 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2537 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2538 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2539 return NoMismatch; 2540 } 2541 2542 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2543 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2544 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2545 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2546 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2547 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2548 } 2549 } 2550 return NewExprs.empty(); 2551 } 2552 2553 static void 2554 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2555 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2556 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2557 FixItHint H; 2558 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2559 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2560 else { 2561 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2562 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2563 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2564 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2565 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2566 } 2567 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2568 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2569 2570 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2571 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2572 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2573 } 2574 2575 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2576 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2577 return; 2578 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2579 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2580 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2581 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2582 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2583 break; 2584 } 2585 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2586 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2587 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2588 break; 2589 } 2590 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2591 break; 2592 } 2593 } 2594 2595 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2596 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2597 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2598 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2599 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2600 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2601 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2602 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2603 "translation unit."); 2604 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2605 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2606 break; 2607 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2608 break; 2609 } 2610 } 2611 2612 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 2613 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 2614 /// or 2615 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 2616 ExprResult 2617 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 2618 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 2619 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 2620 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 2621 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 2622 // void. 2623 // 2624 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 2625 2626 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 2627 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2628 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 2629 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 2630 2631 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 2632 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 2633 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 2634 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2635 return ExprError(); 2636 2637 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2638 2639 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2640 public: 2641 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 2642 2643 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 2644 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 2645 // the operator T*. 2646 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2647 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 2648 return true; 2649 return false; 2650 } 2651 2652 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2653 QualType T) override { 2654 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 2655 } 2656 2657 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2658 QualType T) override { 2659 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 2660 } 2661 2662 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2663 QualType T, 2664 QualType ConvTy) override { 2665 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 2666 } 2667 2668 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2669 QualType ConvTy) override { 2670 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2671 << ConvTy; 2672 } 2673 2674 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2675 QualType T) override { 2676 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 2677 } 2678 2679 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2680 QualType ConvTy) override { 2681 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2682 << ConvTy; 2683 } 2684 2685 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2686 QualType T, 2687 QualType ConvTy) override { 2688 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 2689 } 2690 } Converter; 2691 2692 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 2693 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2694 return ExprError(); 2695 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2696 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 2697 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 2698 // itself in this case. 2699 return ExprError(); 2700 2701 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2702 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 2703 2704 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 2705 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 2706 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 2707 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2708 2709 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 2710 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 2711 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 2712 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 2713 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 2714 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 2715 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 2716 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 2717 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 2718 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 2719 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 2720 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 2721 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 2722 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 2723 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2724 } 2725 } 2726 2727 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 2728 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 2729 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 2730 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 2731 ArrayForm = true; 2732 } 2733 2734 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2735 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 2736 2737 if (PointeeRD) { 2738 if (!UseGlobal && 2739 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 2740 OperatorDelete)) 2741 return ExprError(); 2742 2743 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 2744 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 2745 if (ArrayForm) { 2746 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 2747 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 2748 if (UseGlobal) 2749 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 2750 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 2751 2752 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 2753 // function we just found. 2754 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 2755 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2); 2756 } 2757 2758 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 2759 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2760 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 2761 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 2762 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 2763 return ExprError(); 2764 } 2765 2766 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 2767 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 2768 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 2769 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 2770 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 2771 // behavior is undefined. 2772 // 2773 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 2774 if (PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() && !PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) { 2775 CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = PointeeRD->getDestructor(); 2776 if (dtor && !dtor->isVirtual()) { 2777 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 2778 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 2779 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 2780 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) 2781 << PointeeElem; 2782 } else if (!ArrayForm) { 2783 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 2784 // but not necessarily wrong. 2785 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem; 2786 } 2787 } 2788 } 2789 2790 } 2791 2792 if (!OperatorDelete) 2793 // Look for a global declaration. 2794 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2795 StartLoc, !RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 0) && 2796 (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 2797 Pointee.isDestructedType()), 2798 DeleteName); 2799 2800 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 2801 2802 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 2803 if (PointeeRD) { 2804 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2805 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 2806 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 2807 } 2808 } 2809 } 2810 2811 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 2812 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 2813 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 2814 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 2815 return Result; 2816 } 2817 2818 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 2819 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 2820 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 2821 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2822 bool ConvertToBoolean) { 2823 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 2824 return ExprError(); 2825 2826 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 2827 2828 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 2829 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 2830 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2831 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2832 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 2833 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2834 else if (T->isArrayType()) 2835 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2836 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 2837 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2838 2839 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 2840 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 2841 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2842 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 2843 2844 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 2845 2846 if (ConvertToBoolean) { 2847 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc); 2848 if (Condition.isInvalid()) 2849 return ExprError(); 2850 } 2851 2852 return Condition; 2853 } 2854 2855 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 2856 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) { 2857 // C++ 6.4p4: 2858 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 2859 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 2860 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 2861 // program is ill-formed. 2862 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 2863 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 2864 // 2865 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 2866 } 2867 2868 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 2869 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 2870 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 2871 /// respectively). 2872 bool 2873 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 2874 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 2875 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 2876 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 2877 2878 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 2879 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 2880 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 2881 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 2882 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 2883 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2884 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 2885 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 2886 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 2887 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 2888 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 2889 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 2890 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 2891 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 2892 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 2893 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 2894 break; 2895 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 2896 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 2897 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 2898 case StringLiteral::Wide: 2899 return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType(); 2900 } 2901 } 2902 } 2903 2904 return false; 2905 } 2906 2907 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 2908 SourceLocation CastLoc, 2909 QualType Ty, 2910 CastKind Kind, 2911 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2912 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2913 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 2914 Expr *From) { 2915 switch (Kind) { 2916 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 2917 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 2918 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 2919 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 2920 2921 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 2922 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2923 return ExprError(); 2924 2925 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 2926 return ExprError(); 2927 2928 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, 2929 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty), 2930 Constructor->getAccess()); 2931 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 2932 return ExprError(); 2933 2934 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 2935 CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 2936 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 2937 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 2938 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 2939 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2940 return ExprError(); 2941 2942 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 2943 } 2944 2945 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 2946 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 2947 2948 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 2949 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 2950 return ExprError(); 2951 2952 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 2953 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 2954 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 2955 HadMultipleCandidates); 2956 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2957 return ExprError(); 2958 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 2959 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 2960 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 2961 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 2962 2963 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 2964 } 2965 } 2966 } 2967 2968 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 2969 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 2970 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 2971 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 2972 /// used in the error message. 2973 ExprResult 2974 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2975 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 2976 AssignmentAction Action, 2977 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 2978 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 2979 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 2980 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 2981 Action, CCK); 2982 if (Res.isInvalid()) 2983 return ExprError(); 2984 From = Res.get(); 2985 break; 2986 } 2987 2988 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 2989 2990 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 2991 CastKind CastKind; 2992 QualType BeforeToType; 2993 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 2994 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 2995 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 2996 2997 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 2998 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 2999 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3000 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3001 } else { 3002 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3003 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3004 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3005 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3006 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3007 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3008 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3009 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3010 } 3011 } 3012 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3013 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3014 ExprResult Res = 3015 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3016 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3017 CCK); 3018 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3019 return ExprError(); 3020 From = Res.get(); 3021 } 3022 3023 ExprResult CastArg 3024 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3025 From->getLocStart(), 3026 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3027 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3028 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3029 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3030 From); 3031 3032 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3033 return ExprError(); 3034 3035 From = CastArg.get(); 3036 3037 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3038 AA_Converting, CCK); 3039 } 3040 3041 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3042 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3043 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3044 << From->getSourceRange()); 3045 return ExprError(); 3046 3047 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3048 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3049 3050 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3051 return ExprError(); 3052 } 3053 3054 // Everything went well. 3055 return From; 3056 } 3057 3058 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3059 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3060 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3061 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3062 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3063 ExprResult 3064 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3065 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3066 AssignmentAction Action, 3067 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3068 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3069 3070 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3071 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3072 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3073 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3074 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3075 3076 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3077 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3078 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3079 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3080 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3081 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3082 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3083 ConstructorArgs)) 3084 return ExprError(); 3085 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3086 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3087 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3088 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3089 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3090 } 3091 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3092 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3093 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3094 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3095 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3096 } 3097 3098 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3099 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3100 DeclAccessPair Found; 3101 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3102 true, Found); 3103 if (!Fn) 3104 return ExprError(); 3105 3106 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3107 return ExprError(); 3108 3109 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3110 FromType = From->getType(); 3111 } 3112 3113 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3114 // non-atomic type. 3115 QualType ToAtomicType; 3116 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3117 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3118 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3119 } 3120 3121 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3122 switch (SCS.First) { 3123 case ICK_Identity: 3124 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3125 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3126 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3127 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3128 } 3129 break; 3130 3131 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3132 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3133 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3134 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3135 From = FromRes.get(); 3136 FromType = From->getType(); 3137 break; 3138 } 3139 3140 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3141 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3142 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3143 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3144 break; 3145 3146 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3147 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3148 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3149 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3150 break; 3151 3152 default: 3153 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3154 } 3155 3156 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3157 switch (SCS.Second) { 3158 case ICK_Identity: 3159 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3160 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3161 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3162 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3163 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3164 switch (Action) { 3165 case AA_Assigning: 3166 case AA_Initializing: 3167 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3168 case AA_Passing: 3169 case AA_Returning: 3170 case AA_Sending: 3171 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3172 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3173 return ExprError(); 3174 break; 3175 3176 case AA_Casting: 3177 case AA_Converting: 3178 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3179 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3180 break; 3181 } 3182 // Nothing else to do. 3183 break; 3184 3185 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment: 3186 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3187 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3188 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3189 return ExprError(); 3190 3191 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3192 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3193 break; 3194 3195 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3196 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3197 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3198 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3199 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3200 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3201 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3202 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3203 } else { 3204 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3205 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3206 } 3207 break; 3208 3209 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3210 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3211 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3212 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3213 break; 3214 3215 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3216 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3217 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3218 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3219 CastKind CK; 3220 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3221 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3222 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3223 else 3224 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3225 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3226 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3227 } else { 3228 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3229 } 3230 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3231 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3232 break; 3233 } 3234 3235 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3236 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3237 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3238 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3239 else 3240 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3241 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3242 break; 3243 3244 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3245 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3246 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3247 break; 3248 3249 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3250 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3251 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3252 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3253 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3254 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3255 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3256 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3257 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3258 else 3259 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3260 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3261 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3262 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3263 3264 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3265 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3266 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3267 } 3268 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3269 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3270 From->getType())) { 3271 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3272 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3273 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3274 else 3275 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3276 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3277 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3278 << From->getSourceRange(); 3279 } 3280 3281 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3282 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3283 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3284 return ExprError(); 3285 3286 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3287 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3288 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3289 ExprResult E = From; 3290 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3291 From = E.get(); 3292 } 3293 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3294 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3295 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3296 .get(); 3297 break; 3298 } 3299 3300 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3301 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3302 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3303 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3304 return ExprError(); 3305 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3306 return ExprError(); 3307 3308 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3309 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3310 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3311 RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType(), 0); 3312 RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 0); 3313 } 3314 3315 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3316 .get(); 3317 break; 3318 } 3319 3320 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3321 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3322 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3323 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3324 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3325 } 3326 3327 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3328 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3329 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3330 break; 3331 3332 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3333 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3334 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3335 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3336 From->getLocStart(), 3337 From->getSourceRange(), 3338 &BasePath, 3339 CStyle)) 3340 return ExprError(); 3341 3342 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3343 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3344 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3345 break; 3346 } 3347 3348 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3349 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3350 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3351 break; 3352 3353 case ICK_Vector_Splat: 3354 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3355 // Cast to the element type. 3356 { 3357 QualType elType = ToType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); 3358 if (elType != From->getType()) { 3359 ExprResult E = From; 3360 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, elType, 3361 PrepareScalarCast(E, elType)).get(); 3362 } 3363 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, 3364 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3365 } 3366 break; 3367 3368 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3369 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3370 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3371 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3372 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3373 3374 // x -> y 3375 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3376 // do nothing 3377 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3378 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3379 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3380 } else { 3381 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3382 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3383 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3384 } 3385 // y -> _Complex y 3386 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3387 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3388 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3389 3390 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3391 } else { 3392 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3393 assert(FromComplex); 3394 3395 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3396 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3397 3398 // _Complex x -> x 3399 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3400 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3401 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3402 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3403 3404 // x -> y 3405 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3406 // do nothing 3407 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3408 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3409 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3410 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3411 } else { 3412 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3413 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3414 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3415 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3416 } 3417 } 3418 break; 3419 3420 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3421 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3422 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3423 break; 3424 } 3425 3426 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3427 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3428 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3429 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3430 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3431 return ExprError(); 3432 From = FromRes.get(); 3433 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3434 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3435 (void)ConvTy; 3436 break; 3437 } 3438 3439 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3440 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3441 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3442 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3443 break; 3444 3445 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3446 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3447 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3448 case ICK_Qualification: 3449 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3450 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3451 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3452 } 3453 3454 switch (SCS.Third) { 3455 case ICK_Identity: 3456 // Nothing to do. 3457 break; 3458 3459 case ICK_Qualification: { 3460 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3461 // target type isn't a reference. 3462 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3463 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3464 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3465 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3466 3467 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3468 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3469 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3470 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3471 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3472 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3473 } 3474 3475 break; 3476 } 3477 3478 default: 3479 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3480 } 3481 3482 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3483 // that conversion now. 3484 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3485 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3486 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3487 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3488 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3489 } 3490 3491 return From; 3492 } 3493 3494 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3495 /// 3496 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3497 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3498 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3499 /// returns true. 3500 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3501 SourceLocation Loc, 3502 QualType ArgTy) { 3503 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3504 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3505 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3506 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3507 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3508 // must be a complete type. 3509 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3510 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3511 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3512 switch (UTT) { 3513 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3514 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3515 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3516 // Fall-through 3517 3518 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3519 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3520 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3521 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3522 case UTT_IsVoid: 3523 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3524 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3525 case UTT_IsArray: 3526 case UTT_IsPointer: 3527 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3528 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3529 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3530 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3531 case UTT_IsEnum: 3532 case UTT_IsUnion: 3533 case UTT_IsClass: 3534 case UTT_IsFunction: 3535 case UTT_IsReference: 3536 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3537 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3538 case UTT_IsObject: 3539 case UTT_IsScalar: 3540 case UTT_IsCompound: 3541 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3542 // Fall-through 3543 3544 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 3545 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 3546 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 3547 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 3548 // Table 49. 3549 case UTT_IsConst: 3550 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3551 case UTT_IsSigned: 3552 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3553 3554 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 3555 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3556 return true; 3557 3558 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3559 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 3560 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3561 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3562 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3563 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3564 if (!RD->isUnion()) 3565 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3566 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3567 return true; 3568 3569 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3570 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 3571 case UTT_IsFinal: 3572 case UTT_IsSealed: 3573 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3574 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3575 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3576 return true; 3577 3578 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 3579 // applied to a complete type. 3580 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3581 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3582 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3583 case UTT_IsPOD: 3584 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3585 3586 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3587 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3588 // Fall-through 3589 3590 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 3591 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 3592 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 3593 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 3594 // requiring the complete type. 3595 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3596 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3597 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3598 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3599 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3600 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3601 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3602 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3603 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3604 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3605 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3606 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 3607 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 3608 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3609 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 3610 3611 // The void type is expressly allowed. 3612 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 3613 return true; 3614 3615 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3616 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3617 } 3618 } 3619 3620 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 3621 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 3622 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 3623 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 3624 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 3625 { 3626 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3627 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 3628 return true; 3629 3630 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 3631 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 3632 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3633 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 3634 bool FoundOperator = false; 3635 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 3636 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 3637 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 3638 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 3639 continue; 3640 3641 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 3642 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 3643 FoundOperator = true; 3644 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3645 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3646 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3647 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3648 return false; 3649 } 3650 } 3651 return FoundOperator; 3652 } 3653 return false; 3654 } 3655 3656 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 3657 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 3658 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 3659 3660 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 3661 switch(UTT) { 3662 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3663 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 3664 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 3665 case UTT_IsVoid: 3666 return T->isVoidType(); 3667 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3668 return T->isIntegralType(C); 3669 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3670 return T->isFloatingType(); 3671 case UTT_IsArray: 3672 return T->isArrayType(); 3673 case UTT_IsPointer: 3674 return T->isPointerType(); 3675 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3676 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 3677 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3678 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 3679 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3680 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 3681 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3682 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 3683 case UTT_IsEnum: 3684 return T->isEnumeralType(); 3685 case UTT_IsUnion: 3686 return T->isUnionType(); 3687 case UTT_IsClass: 3688 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 3689 case UTT_IsFunction: 3690 return T->isFunctionType(); 3691 3692 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 3693 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 3694 case UTT_IsReference: 3695 return T->isReferenceType(); 3696 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3697 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 3698 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3699 return T->isFundamentalType(); 3700 case UTT_IsObject: 3701 return T->isObjectType(); 3702 case UTT_IsScalar: 3703 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 3704 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 3705 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 3706 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 3707 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 3708 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 3709 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 3710 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 3711 return true; 3712 3713 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 3714 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 3715 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 3716 return false; 3717 } 3718 } 3719 3720 return T->isScalarType(); 3721 case UTT_IsCompound: 3722 return T->isCompoundType(); 3723 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3724 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 3725 3726 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 3727 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 3728 case UTT_IsConst: 3729 return T.isConstQualified(); 3730 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3731 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 3732 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3733 return T.isTrivialType(C); 3734 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3735 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 3736 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3737 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 3738 case UTT_IsPOD: 3739 return T.isPODType(C); 3740 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3741 return T->isLiteralType(C); 3742 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3743 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3744 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 3745 return false; 3746 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3747 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3748 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 3749 return false; 3750 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3752 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 3753 return false; 3754 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 3755 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 3756 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 3757 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3758 return false; 3759 case UTT_IsFinal: 3760 case UTT_IsSealed: 3761 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3762 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 3763 return false; 3764 case UTT_IsSigned: 3765 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 3766 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3767 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3768 3769 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 3770 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 3771 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 3772 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 3773 // specifications. 3774 // 3775 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3776 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 3777 // 3778 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 3779 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 3780 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 3781 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 3782 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 3783 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 3784 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3785 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3786 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 3787 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 3788 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 3789 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3790 return true; 3791 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3792 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3793 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 3794 return false; 3795 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3796 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3797 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3798 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 3799 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3800 return true; 3801 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3802 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 3803 return false; 3804 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3805 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3806 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 3807 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 3808 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 3809 // is true, else it is false. 3810 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3811 return true; 3812 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3813 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3814 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 3815 return false; 3816 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3817 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3818 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 3819 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 3820 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3821 return true; 3822 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3823 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 3824 return false; 3825 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3826 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3827 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3828 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 3829 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 3830 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 3831 // true, else it is false. 3832 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 3833 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 3834 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 3835 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 3836 // [class.copy]p12). 3837 3838 if (T.isConstQualified()) 3839 return false; 3840 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3841 return true; 3842 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3843 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 3844 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 3845 return false; 3846 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3847 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3848 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3849 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 3850 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3851 return true; 3852 3853 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 3854 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 3855 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 3856 return true; 3857 3858 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3859 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 3860 // false. 3861 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 3862 return false; 3863 3864 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3865 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 3866 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 3867 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 3868 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3869 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 3870 if (!Destructor) 3871 return false; 3872 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 3873 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 3874 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 3875 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 3876 return false; 3877 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 3878 return false; 3879 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 3880 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3881 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3882 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3883 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3884 return false; 3885 } 3886 } 3887 return true; 3888 3889 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3890 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3891 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 3892 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 3893 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 3894 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 3895 // false. 3896 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3897 return true; 3898 3899 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 3900 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 3901 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 3902 return true; 3903 3904 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3905 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 3906 return false; 3907 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 3908 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3909 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3910 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3911 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 3912 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 3913 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 3914 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 3915 // false. 3916 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 3917 return false; 3918 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3919 return false; 3920 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3921 return true; 3922 3923 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 3924 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 3925 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 3926 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 3927 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 3928 return false; 3929 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3930 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3931 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3932 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 3933 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3934 return true; 3935 3936 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 3937 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 3938 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 3939 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 3940 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 3941 return false; 3942 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3943 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3944 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 3945 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 3946 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 3947 // false. 3948 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3949 return true; 3950 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3951 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3952 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 3953 return true; 3954 3955 bool FoundConstructor = false; 3956 unsigned FoundTQs; 3957 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 3958 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 3959 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 3960 // resolution point. 3961 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 3962 continue; 3963 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 3964 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 3965 FoundConstructor = true; 3966 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 3967 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3968 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3969 if (!CPT) 3970 return false; 3971 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 3972 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 3973 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 3974 return false; 3975 } 3976 } 3977 3978 return FoundConstructor; 3979 } 3980 return false; 3981 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3982 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3983 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 3984 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 3985 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 3986 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 3987 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3988 return true; 3989 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3990 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3991 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 3992 return true; 3993 3994 bool FoundConstructor = false; 3995 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 3996 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 3997 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 3998 continue; 3999 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4000 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4001 FoundConstructor = true; 4002 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4003 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4004 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4005 if (!CPT) 4006 return false; 4007 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4008 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4009 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4010 return false; 4011 } 4012 } 4013 return FoundConstructor; 4014 } 4015 return false; 4016 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4017 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4018 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4019 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4020 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4021 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4022 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4023 return false; 4024 4025 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4026 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4027 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4028 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4029 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4030 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4031 // function call. 4032 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4033 } 4034 } 4035 4036 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4037 /// ARC mode. 4038 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4039 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4040 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4041 return false; 4042 4043 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4044 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4045 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4046 return true; 4047 4048 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4049 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4050 } 4051 4052 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4053 } 4054 4055 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4056 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4057 4058 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4059 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4060 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4061 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4062 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4063 4064 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4065 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4066 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4067 4068 switch (Kind) { 4069 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4070 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4071 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4072 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4073 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4074 // 4075 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4076 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4077 // no operation that is not trivial. 4078 // 4079 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4080 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4081 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4082 // variable t: 4083 // 4084 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4085 assert(!Args.empty()); 4086 4087 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4088 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4089 // unknown bound. 4090 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4091 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4092 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4093 continue; 4094 4095 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4096 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4097 return false; 4098 } 4099 4100 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4101 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4102 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4103 return false; 4104 4105 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4106 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4107 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4108 return false; 4109 4110 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4111 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4112 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4113 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4114 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4115 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4116 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4117 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4118 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4119 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4120 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4121 } 4122 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4123 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4124 4125 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4126 // trap at translation unit scope. 4127 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4128 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4129 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4130 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4131 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4132 RParenLoc)); 4133 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4134 if (Init.Failed()) 4135 return false; 4136 4137 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4138 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4139 return false; 4140 4141 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4142 return true; 4143 4144 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4145 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4146 4147 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4148 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4149 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4150 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4151 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4152 return false; 4153 4154 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4155 // calls. 4156 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4157 } 4158 4159 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4160 return false; 4161 } 4162 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4163 } 4164 4165 return false; 4166 } 4167 4168 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4169 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4170 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4171 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4172 4173 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4174 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4175 return ExprError(); 4176 4177 bool Dependent = false; 4178 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4179 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4180 Dependent = true; 4181 break; 4182 } 4183 } 4184 4185 bool Result = false; 4186 if (!Dependent) 4187 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4188 4189 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4190 RParenLoc, Result); 4191 } 4192 4193 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4194 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4195 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4196 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4197 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4198 4199 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4200 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4201 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4202 if (!TInfo) 4203 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4204 4205 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4206 } 4207 4208 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4209 } 4210 4211 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4212 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4213 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4214 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4215 4216 switch(BTT) { 4217 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4218 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4219 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4220 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4221 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4222 4223 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4224 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4225 4226 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4227 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4228 4229 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4230 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4231 4232 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4233 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4234 4235 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4236 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4237 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4238 // complete type. 4239 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4240 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4241 return false; 4242 4243 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4244 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4245 } 4246 case BTT_IsSame: 4247 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4248 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4249 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4250 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4251 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4252 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4253 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4254 // Given the following function prototype: 4255 // 4256 // template <class T> 4257 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4258 // 4259 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4260 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4261 // the return expression in the following code would be 4262 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4263 // type of the function: 4264 // 4265 // To test() { 4266 // return create<From>(); 4267 // } 4268 // 4269 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4270 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4271 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4272 // is considered. 4273 // 4274 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4275 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4276 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4277 4278 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4279 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4280 return false; 4281 4282 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4283 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4284 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4285 4286 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4287 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0) || 4288 Self.RequireNonAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0)) 4289 return false; 4290 4291 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4292 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4293 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4294 4295 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4296 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4297 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4298 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4299 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4300 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4301 SourceLocation())); 4302 4303 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4304 // trap at translation unit scope. 4305 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4306 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4307 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4308 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4309 if (Init.Failed()) 4310 return false; 4311 4312 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4313 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4314 } 4315 4316 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4317 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4318 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4319 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4320 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4321 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4322 // 4323 // is_assignable is defined as: 4324 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4325 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4326 // 4327 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4328 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4329 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4330 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4331 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4332 return false; 4333 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4334 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4335 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4336 return false; 4337 4338 // cv void is never assignable. 4339 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4340 return false; 4341 4342 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4343 // declval<U>(). 4344 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4345 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4346 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4347 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4348 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4349 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4350 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4351 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4352 4353 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4354 // trap at translation unit scope. 4355 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4356 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4357 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4358 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4359 &Rhs); 4360 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4361 return false; 4362 4363 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4364 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4365 4366 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4367 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4368 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4369 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4370 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4371 return false; 4372 4373 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4374 } 4375 4376 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4377 return false; 4378 } 4379 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4380 } 4381 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4382 } 4383 4384 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4385 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4386 ParsedType Ty, 4387 Expr* DimExpr, 4388 SourceLocation RParen) { 4389 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4390 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4391 if (!TSInfo) 4392 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4393 4394 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4395 } 4396 4397 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4398 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4399 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4400 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4401 4402 switch(ATT) { 4403 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4404 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4405 unsigned Dim = 0; 4406 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4407 ++Dim; 4408 T = AT->getElementType(); 4409 } 4410 return Dim; 4411 } 4412 return 0; 4413 4414 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4415 llvm::APSInt Value; 4416 uint64_t Dim; 4417 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4418 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4419 false).isInvalid()) 4420 return 0; 4421 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4422 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4423 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4424 return 0; 4425 } 4426 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4427 4428 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4429 unsigned D = 0; 4430 bool Matched = false; 4431 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4432 if (Dim == D) { 4433 Matched = true; 4434 break; 4435 } 4436 ++D; 4437 T = AT->getElementType(); 4438 } 4439 4440 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4441 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4442 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4443 } 4444 } 4445 return 0; 4446 } 4447 } 4448 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4449 } 4450 4451 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4452 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4453 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4454 Expr* DimExpr, 4455 SourceLocation RParen) { 4456 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4457 4458 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4459 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4460 uint64_t Value = 0; 4461 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4462 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4463 4464 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4465 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4466 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4467 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4468 // important distinction. 4469 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4470 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4471 } 4472 4473 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4474 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4475 Expr *Queried, 4476 SourceLocation RParen) { 4477 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4478 if (!Queried) 4479 return ExprError(); 4480 4481 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4482 4483 return Result; 4484 } 4485 4486 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4487 switch (ET) { 4488 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4489 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4490 } 4491 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4492 } 4493 4494 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4495 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4496 Expr *Queried, 4497 SourceLocation RParen) { 4498 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4499 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4500 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4501 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4502 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4503 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4504 } 4505 4506 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4507 4508 return new (Context) 4509 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4510 } 4511 4512 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4513 ExprValueKind &VK, 4514 SourceLocation Loc, 4515 bool isIndirect) { 4516 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4517 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4518 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4519 4520 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*. 4521 if (isIndirect) { 4522 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4523 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4524 } 4525 4526 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4527 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4528 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4529 4530 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4531 // C++ 5.5p2 4532 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 4533 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 4534 // class type) [...] 4535 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 4536 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 4537 if (!MemPtr) { 4538 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 4539 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4540 return QualType(); 4541 } 4542 4543 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 4544 4545 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 4546 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 4547 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 4548 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 4549 // likely to be considered a defect. 4550 4551 // C++ 5.5p2 4552 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 4553 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 4554 // such a class] 4555 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 4556 if (isIndirect) { 4557 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 4558 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4559 else { 4560 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 4561 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 4562 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 4563 return QualType(); 4564 } 4565 } 4566 4567 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 4568 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 4569 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 4570 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 4571 return QualType(); 4572 } 4573 4574 if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class)) { 4575 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 4576 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 4577 return QualType(); 4578 } 4579 4580 CXXCastPath BasePath; 4581 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 4582 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 4583 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 4584 &BasePath)) 4585 return QualType(); 4586 4587 // Cast LHS to type of use. 4588 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 4589 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4590 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 4591 &BasePath); 4592 } 4593 4594 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 4595 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 4596 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 4597 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 4598 return QualType(); 4599 } 4600 4601 // C++ 5.5p2 4602 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 4603 // second operand. 4604 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 4605 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 4606 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 4607 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 4608 4609 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4610 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 4611 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 4612 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 4613 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 4614 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 4615 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4616 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 4617 case RQ_None: 4618 // Do nothing 4619 break; 4620 4621 case RQ_LValue: 4622 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 4623 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4624 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4625 break; 4626 4627 case RQ_RValue: 4628 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 4629 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4630 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4631 break; 4632 } 4633 } 4634 4635 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4636 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 4637 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 4638 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 4639 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 4640 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 4641 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 4642 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 4643 VK = VK_RValue; 4644 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 4645 } else if (isIndirect) { 4646 VK = VK_LValue; 4647 } else { 4648 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4649 } 4650 4651 return Result; 4652 } 4653 4654 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3. 4655 /// 4656 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4657 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 4658 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 4659 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 4660 /// as such. 4661 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 4662 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 4663 bool &HaveConversion, 4664 QualType &ToType) { 4665 HaveConversion = false; 4666 ToType = To->getType(); 4667 4668 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 4669 SourceLocation()); 4670 // C++0x 5.16p3 4671 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 4672 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 4673 // as follows: 4674 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: 4675 bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue(); 4676 if (ToIsLvalue) { 4677 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to 4678 // type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the 4679 // conversion the reference must bind directly to E1. 4680 QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType); 4681 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4682 4683 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4684 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 4685 ToType = T; 4686 HaveConversion = true; 4687 return false; 4688 } 4689 4690 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4691 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4692 } 4693 4694 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 4695 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 4696 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 4697 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 4698 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 4699 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4700 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4701 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 4702 Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy); 4703 if (FRec && TRec && 4704 (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) { 4705 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 4706 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 4707 // [cv2 > cv1]. 4708 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 4709 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 4710 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4711 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4712 if (InitSeq) { 4713 HaveConversion = true; 4714 return false; 4715 } 4716 4717 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4718 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4719 } 4720 } 4721 4722 return false; 4723 } 4724 4725 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4726 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 4727 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 4728 // an rvalue). 4729 // 4730 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 4731 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 4732 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>()) 4733 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 4734 4735 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4736 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4737 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 4738 ToType = TTy; 4739 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4740 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4741 4742 return false; 4743 } 4744 4745 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 4746 /// 4747 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4748 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 4749 /// conversion to a common type. 4750 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4751 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4752 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 4753 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 4754 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 4755 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 4756 CandidateSet); 4757 4758 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 4759 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 4760 case OR_Success: { 4761 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 4762 ExprResult LHSRes = 4763 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 4764 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 4765 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 4766 break; 4767 LHS = LHSRes; 4768 4769 ExprResult RHSRes = 4770 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 4771 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 4772 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 4773 break; 4774 RHS = RHSRes; 4775 if (Best->Function) 4776 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 4777 return false; 4778 } 4779 4780 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 4781 4782 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 4783 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 4784 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 4785 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 4786 return true; 4787 4788 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4789 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4790 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4791 return true; 4792 4793 case OR_Ambiguous: 4794 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 4795 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4796 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4797 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 4798 // the viable candidates. 4799 break; 4800 4801 case OR_Deleted: 4802 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 4803 } 4804 return true; 4805 } 4806 4807 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 4808 /// TryClassUnification. 4809 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 4810 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4811 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 4812 SourceLocation()); 4813 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 4814 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4815 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4816 if (Result.isInvalid()) 4817 return true; 4818 4819 E = Result; 4820 return false; 4821 } 4822 4823 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 4824 /// 4825 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 4826 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 4827 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 4828 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 4829 ExprObjectKind &OK, 4830 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4831 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 4832 // interface pointers. 4833 4834 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 4835 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 4836 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 4837 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 4838 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 4839 return QualType(); 4840 Cond = CondRes; 4841 } 4842 4843 // Assume r-value. 4844 VK = VK_RValue; 4845 OK = OK_Ordinary; 4846 4847 // Either of the arguments dependent? 4848 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 4849 return Context.DependentTy; 4850 4851 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 4852 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 4853 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4854 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4855 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 4856 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 4857 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 4858 // ... one of the following shall hold: 4859 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 4860 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 4861 // and value category of the other. 4862 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 4863 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 4864 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 4865 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 4866 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 4867 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 4868 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 4869 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 4870 return NonThrow->getType(); 4871 } 4872 4873 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 4874 // type void and is a prvalue. 4875 if (LVoid && RVoid) 4876 return Context.VoidTy; 4877 4878 // Neither holds, error. 4879 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 4880 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 4881 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4882 return QualType(); 4883 } 4884 4885 // Neither is void. 4886 4887 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 4888 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 4889 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 4890 // those operands to the type of the other. 4891 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 4892 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 4893 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 4894 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 4895 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 4896 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 4897 return QualType(); 4898 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 4899 return QualType(); 4900 4901 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 4902 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 4903 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 4904 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4905 return QualType(); 4906 } 4907 4908 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 4909 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 4910 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 4911 if (HaveL2R) { 4912 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 4913 return QualType(); 4914 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4915 } else if (HaveR2L) { 4916 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 4917 return QualType(); 4918 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4919 } 4920 } 4921 4922 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 4923 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 4924 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 4925 // operands to the type of the other. 4926 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4927 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4928 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 4929 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) && 4930 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 4931 // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the 4932 // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion 4933 // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers. 4934 Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 4935 Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 4936 if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) { 4937 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 4938 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4939 } 4940 else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) { 4941 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 4942 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4943 } 4944 } 4945 4946 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 4947 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 4948 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 4949 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 4950 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 4951 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 4952 // l-values. 4953 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 4954 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 4955 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 4956 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 4957 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4958 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 4959 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 4960 OK = OK_BitField; 4961 return LTy; 4962 } 4963 4964 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 4965 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 4966 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 4967 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 4968 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 4969 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 4970 // program is ill-formed. 4971 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 4972 return QualType(); 4973 } 4974 4975 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 4976 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 4977 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 4978 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4979 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4980 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 4981 return QualType(); 4982 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4983 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4984 4985 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 4986 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 4987 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 4988 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 4989 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 4990 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 4991 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 4992 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 4993 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 4994 if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy, 4995 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 4996 return QualType(); 4997 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 4998 4999 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5000 SourceLocation(), 5001 LHS); 5002 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5003 return QualType(); 5004 5005 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5006 SourceLocation(), 5007 RHS); 5008 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5009 return QualType(); 5010 5011 LHS = LHSCopy; 5012 RHS = RHSCopy; 5013 } 5014 5015 return LTy; 5016 } 5017 5018 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5019 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5020 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5021 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5022 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5023 5024 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5025 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5026 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5027 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5028 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5029 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5030 return QualType(); 5031 5032 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5033 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5034 5035 return ResTy; 5036 } 5037 5038 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5039 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5040 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5041 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5042 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5043 // pointer type. 5044 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5045 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5046 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5047 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5048 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5049 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5050 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5051 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5052 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr 5053 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 5054 if (!Composite.isNull()) { 5055 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5056 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5057 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard) 5058 << LTy << RTy << Composite 5059 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5060 5061 return Composite; 5062 } 5063 5064 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5065 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5066 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5067 return Composite; 5068 5069 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5070 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5071 return QualType(); 5072 5073 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5074 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5075 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5076 return QualType(); 5077 } 5078 5079 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5080 /// 5081 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5082 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this 5083 /// type and returns it. 5084 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5085 /// 5086 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5087 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5088 /// 5089 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find 5090 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions 5091 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType 5092 /// will be set true. 5093 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5094 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5095 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) { 5096 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5097 *NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5098 5099 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5100 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5101 5102 // C++11 5.9p2 5103 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on 5104 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If 5105 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is 5106 // std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, 5107 // if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. 5108 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() && 5109 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) { 5110 if (T1->isNullPtrType() && 5111 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5112 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5113 return T1; 5114 } 5115 if (T2->isNullPtrType() && 5116 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5117 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5118 return T2; 5119 } 5120 return QualType(); 5121 } 5122 5123 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5124 if (T2->isMemberPointerType()) 5125 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5126 else 5127 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5128 return T2; 5129 } 5130 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5131 if (T1->isMemberPointerType()) 5132 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5133 else 5134 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5135 return T1; 5136 } 5137 5138 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5139 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) || 5140 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())) 5141 return QualType(); 5142 5143 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then 5144 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is 5145 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. 5146 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the 5147 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is 5148 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. 5149 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second. 5150 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the 5151 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite 5152 // types are the same, we have succeeded. 5153 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5154 typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector; 5155 QualifierVector QualifierUnion; 5156 typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> 5157 ContainingClassVector; 5158 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass; 5159 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1), 5160 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); 5161 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5162 do { 5163 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5164 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5165 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5166 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5167 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5168 5169 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5170 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5171 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5172 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5173 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5174 5175 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5176 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5177 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5178 continue; 5179 } 5180 5181 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5182 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5183 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5184 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5185 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5186 5187 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5188 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5189 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5190 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5191 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5192 5193 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5194 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5195 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5196 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5197 continue; 5198 } 5199 5200 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5201 5202 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5203 break; 5204 } while (true); 5205 5206 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) { 5207 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5208 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5209 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5210 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) { 5211 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 5212 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5213 *NonStandardCompositeType = true; 5214 } 5215 } 5216 } 5217 5218 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5219 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC 5220 = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5221 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator 5222 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(), 5223 E = QualifierUnion.rend(); 5224 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) { 5225 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I); 5226 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) { 5227 // Rebuild member pointer type 5228 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5229 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), 5230 MOC->first); 5231 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5232 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), 5233 MOC->second); 5234 } else { 5235 // Rebuild pointer type 5236 Composite1 5237 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5238 Composite2 5239 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5240 } 5241 } 5242 5243 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type. 5244 InitializedEntity Entity1 5245 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1); 5246 InitializationKind Kind 5247 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation()); 5248 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5249 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5250 5251 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) { 5252 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable. 5253 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5254 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether 5255 // Composite2 is also viable. 5256 InitializedEntity Entity2 5257 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5258 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5259 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5260 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) { 5261 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different; 5262 // this is an ambiguity. 5263 return QualType(); 5264 } 5265 } 5266 5267 // Convert E1 to Composite1 5268 ExprResult E1Result 5269 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5270 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5271 return QualType(); 5272 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5273 5274 // Convert E2 to Composite1 5275 ExprResult E2Result 5276 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5277 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5278 return QualType(); 5279 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5280 5281 return Composite1; 5282 } 5283 5284 // Check whether Composite2 is viable. 5285 InitializedEntity Entity2 5286 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5287 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5288 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5289 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2) 5290 return QualType(); 5291 5292 // Convert E1 to Composite2 5293 ExprResult E1Result 5294 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5295 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5296 return QualType(); 5297 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5298 5299 // Convert E2 to Composite2 5300 ExprResult E2Result 5301 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5302 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5303 return QualType(); 5304 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5305 5306 return Composite2; 5307 } 5308 5309 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5310 if (!E) 5311 return ExprError(); 5312 5313 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5314 5315 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5316 if (!E->isRValue()) 5317 return E; 5318 5319 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5320 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5321 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5322 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5323 5324 bool ReturnsRetained; 5325 5326 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5327 // called value. 5328 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5329 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5330 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5331 5332 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5333 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5334 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5335 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5336 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5337 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5338 } 5339 5340 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5341 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5342 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5343 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5344 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5345 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5346 5347 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5348 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5349 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5350 5351 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5352 // type always produce a +1 object. 5353 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5354 ReturnsRetained = true; 5355 5356 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5357 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5358 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5359 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5360 return E; 5361 5362 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5363 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5364 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5365 } else { 5366 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5367 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5368 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5369 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5370 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5371 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5372 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5373 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5374 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5375 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5376 } 5377 5378 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5379 5380 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5381 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5382 // return an object. 5383 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5384 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5385 return E; 5386 } 5387 5388 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5389 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5390 return E; 5391 5392 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5393 5394 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5395 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5396 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5397 VK_RValue); 5398 } 5399 5400 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5401 return E; 5402 5403 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 5404 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 5405 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 5406 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 5407 while (!RT) { 5408 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 5409 case Type::Record: 5410 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 5411 break; 5412 case Type::ConstantArray: 5413 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5414 case Type::VariableArray: 5415 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 5416 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5417 break; 5418 default: 5419 return E; 5420 } 5421 } 5422 5423 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 5424 // not processing a decltype expression. 5425 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 5426 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 5427 return E; 5428 5429 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 5430 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 5431 5432 if (Destructor) { 5433 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5434 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5435 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5436 << E->getType()); 5437 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 5438 return ExprError(); 5439 5440 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 5441 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 5442 return E; 5443 5444 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5445 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5446 } 5447 5448 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 5449 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 5450 5451 if (IsDecltype) 5452 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 5453 5454 return Bind; 5455 } 5456 5457 ExprResult 5458 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 5459 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5460 return ExprError(); 5461 5462 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 5463 } 5464 5465 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 5466 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 5467 5468 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5469 5470 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 5471 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 5472 assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 5473 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5474 return SubExpr; 5475 5476 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 5477 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 5478 5479 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups); 5480 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 5481 5482 return E; 5483 } 5484 5485 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 5486 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 5487 5488 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5489 5490 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5491 return SubStmt; 5492 5493 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 5494 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 5495 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 5496 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 5497 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 5498 SourceLocation(), 5499 SourceLocation()); 5500 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 5501 SourceLocation()); 5502 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 5503 } 5504 5505 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 5506 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 5507 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 5508 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 5509 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 5510 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 5511 5512 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 5513 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 5514 // -- if the function call is either 5515 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 5516 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 5517 // decltype-specifier, 5518 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 5519 5520 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 5521 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 5522 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 5523 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 5524 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5525 return ExprError(); 5526 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 5527 return E; 5528 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 5529 } 5530 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5531 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 5532 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 5533 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5534 return ExprError(); 5535 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 5536 return E; 5537 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 5538 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 5539 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 5540 } 5541 } 5542 5543 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 5544 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 5545 : nullptr; 5546 if (TopCall) 5547 E = TopCall; 5548 else 5549 TopBind = nullptr; 5550 5551 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 5552 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 5553 5554 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 5555 // decltype expression. 5556 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 5557 return E; 5558 5559 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 5560 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 5561 I != N; ++I) { 5562 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 5563 if (Call == TopCall) 5564 continue; 5565 5566 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 5567 Call->getLocStart(), 5568 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 5569 return ExprError(); 5570 } 5571 5572 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 5573 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 5574 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 5575 I != N; ++I) { 5576 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 5577 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 5578 if (Bind == TopBind) 5579 continue; 5580 5581 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 5582 5583 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 5584 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5585 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 5586 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 5587 5588 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5589 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5590 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5591 << Bind->getType()); 5592 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 5593 return ExprError(); 5594 5595 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5596 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5597 } 5598 5599 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 5600 return E; 5601 } 5602 5603 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 5604 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 5605 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 5606 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 5607 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 5608 unsigned Limit = 9; 5609 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 5610 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 5611 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 5612 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 5613 } 5614 5615 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 5616 if (I == SkipStart) { 5617 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 5618 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 5619 << SkipCount; 5620 I += SkipCount; 5621 } else { 5622 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 5623 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 5624 ++I; 5625 } 5626 } 5627 } 5628 5629 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5630 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5631 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5632 ParsedType &ObjectType, 5633 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 5634 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 5635 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 5636 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5637 Base = Result.get(); 5638 5639 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5640 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5641 Base = Result.get(); 5642 5643 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 5644 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 5645 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 5646 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 5647 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 5648 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 5649 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 5650 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5651 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5652 5653 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5654 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5655 return Base; 5656 } 5657 5658 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 5659 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 5660 // returned, with the original second operand. 5661 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5662 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 5663 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 5664 bool FirstIteration = true; 5665 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 5666 // The set of types we've considered so far. 5667 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 5668 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 5669 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 5670 5671 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5672 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 5673 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 5674 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 5675 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5676 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 5677 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 5678 return ExprError(); 5679 } 5680 5681 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 5682 S, Base, OpLoc, 5683 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 5684 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 5685 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 5686 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 5687 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5688 ? nullptr 5689 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 5690 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5691 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 5692 if (FirstIteration) { 5693 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5694 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 5695 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5696 OpKind = tok::period; 5697 break; 5698 } 5699 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 5700 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5701 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 5702 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 5703 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 5704 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 5705 } 5706 } 5707 return ExprError(); 5708 } 5709 Base = Result.get(); 5710 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 5711 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 5712 BaseType = Base->getType(); 5713 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 5714 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 5715 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 5716 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5717 return ExprError(); 5718 } 5719 FirstIteration = false; 5720 } 5721 5722 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 5723 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 5724 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5725 } 5726 5727 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 5728 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 5729 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 5730 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5731 5732 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5733 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 5734 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 5735 // postfix-expression. 5736 // 5737 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 5738 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 5739 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions. 5740 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 5741 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5742 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5743 ObjectType = ParsedType(); 5744 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5745 return Base; 5746 } 5747 5748 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 5749 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 5750 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 5751 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 5752 // the member function body. 5753 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 5754 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 5755 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 5756 return ExprError(); 5757 5758 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5759 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 5760 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 5761 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 5762 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 5763 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5764 return Base; 5765 } 5766 5767 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 5768 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 5769 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 5770 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5771 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 5772 Base = result.get(); 5773 } 5774 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 5775 5776 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5777 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 5778 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 5779 // This scalar type is the object type. 5780 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 5781 // arrow operator. 5782 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5783 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 5784 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5785 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 5786 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it. 5787 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5788 << ObjectType << true 5789 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5790 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 5791 return true; 5792 5793 OpKind = tok::period; 5794 } 5795 } 5796 5797 return false; 5798 } 5799 5800 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 5801 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5802 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5803 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5804 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 5805 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5806 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5807 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 5808 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 5809 5810 QualType ObjectType; 5811 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5812 return ExprError(); 5813 5814 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 5815 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 5816 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 5817 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 5818 else { 5819 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 5820 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5821 return ExprError(); 5822 } 5823 } 5824 5825 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5826 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 5827 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 5828 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 5829 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 5830 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 5831 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 5832 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 5833 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 5834 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5835 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5836 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5837 5838 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5839 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5840 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5841 DestructedTypeStart); 5842 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5843 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 5844 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 5845 5846 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5847 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 5848 // type. 5849 } else { 5850 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 5851 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5852 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5853 } 5854 5855 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5856 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5857 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5858 DestructedTypeStart); 5859 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5860 } 5861 } 5862 } 5863 5864 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5865 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 5866 // form 5867 // 5868 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 5869 // 5870 // shall designate the same scalar type. 5871 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 5872 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 5873 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 5874 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 5875 5876 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 5877 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5878 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 5879 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5880 5881 ScopeType = QualType(); 5882 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 5883 } 5884 } 5885 5886 Expr *Result 5887 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 5888 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 5889 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 5890 ScopeTypeInfo, 5891 CCLoc, 5892 TildeLoc, 5893 Destructed); 5894 5895 return Result; 5896 } 5897 5898 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5899 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5900 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5901 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5902 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 5903 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5904 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5905 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 5906 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5907 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 5908 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 5909 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5910 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 5911 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 5912 5913 QualType ObjectType; 5914 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5915 return ExprError(); 5916 5917 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 5918 // record types and dependent types matter. 5919 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 5920 if (!SS.isSet()) { 5921 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 5922 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 5923 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 5924 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 5925 } 5926 5927 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 5928 // type (with source-location information). 5929 QualType DestructedType; 5930 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 5931 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 5932 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5933 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 5934 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 5935 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 5936 if (!T && 5937 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 5938 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 5939 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 5940 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 5941 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 5942 // template instantiation time. 5943 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 5944 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 5945 } else if (!T) { 5946 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 5947 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 5948 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 5949 if (isSFINAEContext()) 5950 return ExprError(); 5951 5952 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 5953 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5954 } else 5955 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 5956 } else { 5957 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 5958 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 5959 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5960 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5961 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 5962 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 5963 TemplateId->Template, 5964 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 5965 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 5966 TemplateArgsPtr, 5967 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5968 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 5969 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 5970 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5971 } else 5972 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 5973 } 5974 5975 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 5976 // information. 5977 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 5978 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 5979 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 5980 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 5981 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5982 } 5983 5984 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 5985 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 5986 QualType ScopeType; 5987 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5988 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 5989 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5990 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 5991 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 5992 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 5993 if (!T) { 5994 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 5995 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 5996 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 5997 5998 if (isSFINAEContext()) 5999 return ExprError(); 6000 6001 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6002 ScopeType = QualType(); 6003 } else 6004 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6005 } else { 6006 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6007 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6008 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6009 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6010 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6011 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6012 TemplateId->Template, 6013 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6014 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6015 TemplateArgsPtr, 6016 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6017 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6018 // Recover by dropping this type. 6019 ScopeType = QualType(); 6020 } else 6021 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6022 } 6023 } 6024 6025 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6026 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6027 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6028 6029 6030 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6031 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6032 Destructed); 6033 } 6034 6035 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6036 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6037 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6038 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6039 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6040 QualType ObjectType; 6041 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6042 return ExprError(); 6043 6044 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6045 false); 6046 6047 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6048 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6049 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6050 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6051 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6052 6053 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6054 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6055 Destructed); 6056 } 6057 6058 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6059 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6060 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6061 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6062 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6063 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6064 // is a LambdaExpr. 6065 Expr *SubE = E; 6066 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6067 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6068 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6069 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6070 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6071 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6072 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6073 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6074 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6075 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6076 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6077 // autoreleased. 6078 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6079 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6080 E->getExprLoc(), 6081 Method, E); 6082 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6083 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6084 return Exp; 6085 } 6086 } 6087 6088 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6089 FoundDecl, Method); 6090 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6091 return true; 6092 6093 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6094 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6095 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6096 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6097 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6098 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6099 6100 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6101 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6102 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6103 6104 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6105 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6106 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6107 return CE; 6108 } 6109 6110 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6111 SourceLocation RParen) { 6112 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6113 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6114 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6115 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6116 if (R.isInvalid()) 6117 return R; 6118 6119 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6120 Operand = R.get(); 6121 6122 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6123 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6124 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6125 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6126 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6127 } 6128 6129 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6130 return new (Context) 6131 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6132 } 6133 6134 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6135 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6136 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6137 } 6138 6139 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6140 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6141 // according to [expr]p10: 6142 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6143 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6144 // one of the following forms: 6145 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6146 6147 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6148 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6149 return true; 6150 6151 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6152 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6153 return true; 6154 6155 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6156 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6157 return true; 6158 6159 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6160 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6161 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6162 return true; 6163 6164 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6165 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6166 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6167 return true; 6168 6169 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6170 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6171 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6172 } 6173 6174 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6175 // operands are one of the above, or 6176 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6177 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6178 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6179 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6180 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6181 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6182 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6183 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6184 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6185 } 6186 6187 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6188 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6189 return true; 6190 6191 return false; 6192 } 6193 6194 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6195 /// context that ignores the result. 6196 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6197 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6198 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6199 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6200 E = result.get(); 6201 } 6202 6203 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6204 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6205 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6206 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6207 if (E->isRValue()) { 6208 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6209 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6210 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6211 // some clients. 6212 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6213 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6214 6215 return E; 6216 } 6217 6218 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6219 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6220 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6221 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6222 // conversion. 6223 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6224 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6225 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6226 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6227 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6228 return E; 6229 E = Res.get(); 6230 } 6231 return E; 6232 } 6233 6234 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6235 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6236 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6237 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6238 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6239 return E; 6240 } 6241 } 6242 6243 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6244 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6245 return E; 6246 E = Res.get(); 6247 6248 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6249 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6250 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6251 return E; 6252 } 6253 6254 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6255 // in a constant expression, return true. 6256 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6257 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6258 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6259 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6260 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6261 // never be a constant expression. 6262 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6263 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6264 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6265 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6266 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6267 ASTContext &Context) { 6268 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6269 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6270 6271 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6272 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6273 assert(DefVD); 6274 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6275 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6276 6277 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6278 6279 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6280 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6281 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6282 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6283 return false; 6284 } 6285 6286 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6287 } 6288 6289 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6290 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6291 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6292 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6293 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6294 /// need to be captured. 6295 6296 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6297 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6298 6299 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6300 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6301 assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 6302 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6303 6304 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6305 6306 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6307 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6308 6309 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6310 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6311 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6312 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6313 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6314 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6315 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6316 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6317 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6318 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6319 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6320 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6321 // For e.g.: 6322 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6323 // int test() { 6324 // const int x = 10; 6325 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6326 // (void) +x + a; 6327 // }; 6328 // } 6329 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6330 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6331 continue; 6332 6333 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6334 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6335 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6336 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6337 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6338 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6339 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6340 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6341 } 6342 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6343 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6344 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6345 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6346 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6347 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6348 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6349 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6350 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6351 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6352 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6353 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6354 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6355 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6356 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6357 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6358 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6359 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6360 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6361 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6362 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6363 } 6364 } 6365 } 6366 6367 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6368 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6369 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6370 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6371 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6372 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6373 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6374 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6375 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 6376 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 6377 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6378 } 6379 } 6380 6381 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 6382 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 6383 } 6384 6385 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 6386 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 6387 TypoCorrection TC) { 6388 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 6389 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 6390 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 6391 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 6392 6393 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 6394 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6395 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 6396 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 6397 NewSS = *SS; 6398 6399 if (auto *ND = TC.getCorrectionDecl()) { 6400 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 6401 R.addDecl(ND); 6402 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 6403 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 6404 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 6405 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6406 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6407 if (!Record) 6408 Record = 6409 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 6410 if (Record) 6411 R.setNamingClass(Record); 6412 6413 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 6414 // member. 6415 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 6416 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 6417 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6418 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 6419 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6420 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 6421 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6422 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 6423 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6424 else 6425 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 6426 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 6427 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 6428 6429 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 6430 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 6431 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 6432 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 6433 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 6434 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 6435 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 6436 } 6437 } 6438 6439 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 6440 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 6441 } 6442 6443 namespace { 6444 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 6445 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 6446 6447 public: 6448 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 6449 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 6450 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 6451 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 6452 return true; 6453 } 6454 }; 6455 6456 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 6457 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 6458 6459 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 6460 // process of being initialized. 6461 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 6462 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 6463 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 6464 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 6465 6466 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 6467 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 6468 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 6469 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 6470 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 6471 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 6472 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 6473 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6474 if (State.DiagHandler) { 6475 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 6476 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 6477 6478 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 6479 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 6480 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 6481 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 6482 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 6483 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 6484 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 6485 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 6486 6487 State.DiagHandler(TC); 6488 } 6489 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 6490 } 6491 } 6492 6493 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 6494 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 6495 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 6496 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 6497 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 6498 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 6499 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 6500 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 6501 /// of corrections. 6502 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 6503 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 6504 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6505 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6506 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 6507 return true; 6508 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6509 } 6510 return false; 6511 } 6512 6513 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 6514 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 6515 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 6516 6517 if (!E) 6518 return nullptr; 6519 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6520 return DRE->getDecl(); 6521 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 6522 return ME->getMemberDecl(); 6523 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 6524 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 6525 // contain multiple decls. 6526 return nullptr; 6527 } 6528 6529 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 6530 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6531 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 6532 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 6533 return ExprError(); 6534 6535 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 6536 } 6537 6538 public: 6539 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 6540 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 6541 6542 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6543 MultiExprArg Args, 6544 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6545 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 6546 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 6547 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 6548 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 6549 if (Result.isUsable()) { 6550 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 6551 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 6552 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 6553 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 6554 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 6555 } 6556 } 6557 return Result; 6558 } 6559 6560 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6561 6562 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6563 6564 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 6565 ExprResult Res; 6566 while (true) { 6567 Res = TryTransform(E); 6568 6569 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 6570 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 6571 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 6572 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 6573 break; 6574 } 6575 6576 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 6577 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 6578 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 6579 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 6580 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 6581 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 6582 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 6583 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 6584 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6585 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 6586 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 6587 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 6588 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6589 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 6590 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6591 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 6592 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6593 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6594 Res = ExprError(); 6595 break; 6596 } 6597 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 6598 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 6599 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 6600 } 6601 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 6602 6603 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 6604 if (!Res.isUsable()) 6605 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 6606 6607 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 6608 6609 return Res; 6610 } 6611 6612 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 6613 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 6614 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 6615 // first one that was encountered. 6616 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 6617 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 6618 return CacheEntry; 6619 } 6620 6621 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 6622 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 6623 6624 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 6625 // typo correction and return it. 6626 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 6627 if (InitDecl && TC.getCorrectionDecl() == InitDecl) 6628 continue; 6629 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 6630 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 6631 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 6632 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 6633 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 6634 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 6635 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 6636 TypoCorrection Next; 6637 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 6638 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 6639 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 6640 } else { 6641 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 6642 } 6643 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 6644 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 6645 return CacheEntry = NE; 6646 } 6647 } 6648 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 6649 } 6650 }; 6651 } 6652 6653 ExprResult 6654 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 6655 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 6656 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 6657 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 6658 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 6659 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 6660 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 6661 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 6662 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 6663 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 6664 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 6665 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 6666 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 6667 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 6668 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 6669 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 6670 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 6671 return Result; 6672 } 6673 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 6674 } 6675 return E; 6676 } 6677 6678 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 6679 bool DiscardedValue, 6680 bool IsConstexpr, 6681 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 6682 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 6683 6684 if (!FullExpr.get()) 6685 return ExprError(); 6686 6687 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 6688 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 6689 // containing full-expression is done). 6690 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 6691 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 6692 // return a; 6693 // }() ...); 6694 // } 6695 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 6696 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 6697 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 6698 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 6699 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 6700 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 6701 // parser/instantiation has got to). 6702 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 6703 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 6704 return ExprError(); 6705 6706 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 6707 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 6708 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 6709 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 6710 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6711 return ExprError(); 6712 } 6713 6714 if (DiscardedValue) { 6715 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6716 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6717 return ExprError(); 6718 6719 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 6720 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6721 return ExprError(); 6722 } 6723 6724 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6725 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6726 return ExprError(); 6727 6728 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 6729 6730 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 6731 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 6732 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 6733 // Consider the following code: 6734 // void f(int, int); 6735 // void f(const int&, double); 6736 // void foo() { 6737 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 6738 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6739 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 6740 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 6741 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 6742 // }; 6743 // }; 6744 // } 6745 6746 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 6747 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 6748 // void f() { 6749 // const int n = 0; 6750 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 6751 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 6752 // }; 6753 // } 6754 // 6755 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 6756 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 6757 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 6758 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 6759 6760 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda(); 6761 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 6762 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 6763 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 6764 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 6765 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 6766 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 6767 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 6768 // "Alternative suggestion: 6769 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 6770 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 6771 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 6772 // constructor/destructor. 6773 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 6774 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 6775 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 6776 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 6777 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6778 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 6779 *this); 6780 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 6781 } 6782 6783 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 6784 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 6785 6786 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 6787 } 6788 6789 Sema::IfExistsResult 6790 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 6791 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6792 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 6793 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 6794 if (!TargetName) 6795 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6796 6797 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 6798 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 6799 return IER_Dependent; 6800 6801 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 6802 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 6803 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6804 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 6805 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 6806 6807 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 6808 case LookupResult::Found: 6809 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 6810 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 6811 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 6812 return IER_Exists; 6813 6814 case LookupResult::NotFound: 6815 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6816 6817 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 6818 return IER_Dependent; 6819 } 6820 6821 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 6822 } 6823 6824 Sema::IfExistsResult 6825 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 6826 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6827 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 6828 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 6829 6830 // Check for unexpanded parameter packs. 6831 SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded; 6832 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded); 6833 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded); 6834 if (!Unexpanded.empty()) { 6835 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc, 6836 IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 6837 : UPPC_IfNotExists, 6838 Unexpanded); 6839 return IER_Error; 6840 } 6841 6842 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 6843 } 6844